blob: c173705be55f226382fd21f775110ed331adc0b8 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
84 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000085
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
87 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000088 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
90 int isMethod = 0;
91 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
92 // skip over named parameters.
93 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
94 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
95 if (nullPos)
96 --nullPos;
97 else
98 ++i;
99 }
100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
101 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103 // skip over named parameters.
104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
106 if (nullPos)
107 --nullPos;
108 else
109 ++i;
110 }
111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000113 // block or function pointer call.
114 QualType Ty = V->getType();
115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
121 unsigned k;
122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
129 }
130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
131 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 return;
136
137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000140 return;
141 }
142 int sentinel = i;
143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
144 --sentinelPos;
145 ++i;
146 }
147 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000150 return;
151 }
152 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
153 ++i;
154 ++sentinel;
155 }
156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlssone4d2bdd2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 }
164 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000165}
166
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000167SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
170}
171
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173// Standard Promotions and Conversions
174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
175
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
177void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
178 QualType Ty = E->getType();
179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
180
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000191 //
192 // C++ 4.2p1:
193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
195 //
196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000200 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201}
202
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000203void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000205
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000206 QualType Ty = E->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
214 // rvalue is T
215 //
216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000219 // type of the lvalue.
220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
221 }
222}
223
224
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000225/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000226/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
228/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
229/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
230Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
235 //
236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
237 // unsigned int may be used:
238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
240 // and unsigned int.
241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
242 //
243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
248 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000250 return Expr;
251 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000255 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000256 }
257
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 return Expr;
260}
261
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000262/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
265void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
276}
277
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
279/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
280/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
281/// completely illegal.
282bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT))
289 return true;
Douglas Gregor75b699a2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000290
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
294 << Expr->getType() << CT))
295 return true;
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000296
297 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000298}
299
300
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
302/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
305/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
306/// GCC.
307QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
308 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311
312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000316 QualType lhs =
317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000318 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000320
321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
322 if (lhs == rhs)
323 return lhs;
324
325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
328 return lhs;
329
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
337
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363
364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCall4b7a8342010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
Douglas Gregor076ceb02010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000396/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000397/// up-to-date.
398///
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
415 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
419
420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000424 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
425 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000426
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000427 if (!NextBlock)
428 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000429
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000430 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
431 // having a reference outside it.
432 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
433 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
436 // a snapshot as well.
437 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
438 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000440 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441}
442
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000443
444
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000446Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalldbd872f2009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000447Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000449 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
450 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000451 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000452 << D->getDeclName();
453 return ExprError();
454 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
457 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
458 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
459 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000463 << D->getIdentifier();
464 return ExprError();
465 }
466 }
467 }
468 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000472 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
473 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
474 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000475 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000476}
477
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000478/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
479/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
480/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000481static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
482 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000486 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
487 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
488 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000491 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 D != DEnd; ++D) {
493 if (*D == Record) {
494 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
495 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
496 ++D;
497 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 return *D;
500 }
501 }
502
503 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
504 return 0;
505}
506
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000507/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
508/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
509/// actual member.
510///
511/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
512/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
513/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
514/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
515/// we found.
516///
517/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
518/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
519/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
520VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
521 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
523 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
524 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
525
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000526 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
528 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
529 do {
530 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000531 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000533 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 else {
535 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
536 break;
537 }
538 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541
542 return BaseObject;
543}
544
545Sema::OwningExprResult
546Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
547 FieldDecl *Field,
548 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
549 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
550 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552 AnonFields);
553
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
555 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
556 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
557 // found via name lookup.
558 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000559 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 if (BaseObject) {
561 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
562 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000563 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 BaseQuals
568 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
570 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
571 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
572 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
573 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000574 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
576 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
577 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor8aa5f402009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context),
596 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
598 }
599 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000600 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
601 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000603 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000606 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
611 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
612 // anonymous struct/union.
613 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
616 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
617 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
618 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
620 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
621
622 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
623 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
624 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
625 ResultQuals.removeConst();
626
627 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
628 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
629
630 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
631 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
632
633 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
634 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
635 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
636
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000638 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000639 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000640 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
641 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000642 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000643 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 }
645
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000646 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647}
648
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000649/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
650/// possibly a list of template arguments.
651///
652/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
653/// DecomposeTemplateName.
654///
655/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
656/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
657/// some way.
658static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
659 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
660 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
661 DeclarationName &Name,
662 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
663 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
664 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
665 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
666 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
667
668 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
669 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
670 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
671 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
672 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
673
674 TemplateName TName =
675 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
676
677 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
678 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
679 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
680 } else {
681 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
682 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
683 TemplateArgs = 0;
684 }
685}
686
687/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
688///
689/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
690/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
691/// found template arguments.
692static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
693 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
694 TemplateName TName =
695 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
696
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000697 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
698 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000699 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
700 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
701 I != E; ++I)
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000703
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000704 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000705}
706
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000707/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
708/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
709/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000710static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000711 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
712 return false;
713
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
715 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
716 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
717 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
718 if (!BaseRT) return false;
719
720 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000721 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
723 return false;
724 }
725
726 return true;
727}
728
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000729/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
730/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
731static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000732 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000733
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
735 if (!DC) return true;
736
737 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
738 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
739
740 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
741 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
742
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000743 return false;
744}
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000745
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000746/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
747/// the prospective base classes.
748static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
749 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
750 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000751 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000752 return false;
753
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000754 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000755 if (!RD) return false;
756 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
757
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000758 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
759 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
760 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
761 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
762 if (!BaseRT) return false;
763
764 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000765 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
766 return false;
767 }
768
769 return true;
770}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000771
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000772enum IMAKind {
773 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
774 IMA_Static,
775
776 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
777 IMA_Mixed,
778
779 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
780 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
781 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
782
783 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
784 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
785 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
786
787 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
788 IMA_Instance,
789
790 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
791 IMA_Unresolved,
792
793 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
794 /// context is not an instance method.
795 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
796
797 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
798 /// non-class context.
799 IMA_AnonymousMember,
800
801 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
802 /// context is not an instance method.
803 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
804
805 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
806 /// class.
807 IMA_Error_Unrelated
808};
809
810/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
811/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
812/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
813/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
814/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
815/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
816static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
817 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000818 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000819
820 bool isStaticContext =
821 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
822 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
823
824 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
825 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
826
827 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
828 bool hasNonInstance = false;
829 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
830 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +0000831 NamedDecl *D = *I;
832 if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000833 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
834
835 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
836 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
837 // that's a special case.
838 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
839 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
840 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
841 }
842 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
843 }
844 else
845 hasNonInstance = true;
846 }
847
848 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
849 // member reference.
850 if (Classes.empty())
851 return IMA_Static;
852
853 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
854 // an implicit member reference.
855 if (isStaticContext)
856 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
857
858 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
859 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
860 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
861 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
862 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
863 Classes))
864 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
865
866 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
867}
868
869/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
870static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
871 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
872 const LookupResult &R) {
873 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
874 SourceRange Range(Loc);
875 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
876
877 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
878 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
879 if (MD->isStatic()) {
880 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
881 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
882 << Range << R.getLookupName();
883 return;
884 }
885 }
886
887 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
888 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
889 return;
890 }
891
892 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000893}
894
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000895/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
896///
897/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +0000898bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000899 LookupResult &R) {
900 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
901
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000902 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000903 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000904 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
905 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000906 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000907 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000908 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
909 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000910
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000911 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
912 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
913 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
914 // dependent name.
915 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
916 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000917 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
918 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
919
920 if (!R.empty()) {
921 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
922 R.suppressDiagnostics();
923
924 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
925 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
926 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
927 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
928
929 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
930 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
931 // Actually quite difficult!
932 if (isInstance)
933 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000934 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000935 else
936 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
937
938 // Do we really want to note all of these?
939 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
940 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
941
942 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
943 return false;
944 }
945 }
946 }
947
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000948 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000949 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
950 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
951 if (SS.isEmpty())
952 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000953 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
954 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000955 else
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000956 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
957 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
958 << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000959 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
960 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +0000961 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
962 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
963 << ND->getDeclName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000964
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000965 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
966 return false;
967 }
968
969 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
970 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
971 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
972 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
973 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
974 // to recover well anyway.
975 if (SS.isEmpty())
976 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000977 else
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000978 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
979 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
980 << SS.getRange();
981
982 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
983 return true;
984 }
985
986 R.clear();
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000987 }
988
989 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
990 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
991 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
992 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
993 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
994 << SS.getRange();
995 return true;
996 }
997
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000998 // Give up, we can't recover.
999 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1000 return true;
1001}
1002
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001003Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001004 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001005 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1006 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1007 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1008 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1009 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1010
1011 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001012 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001013
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001014 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001015
1016 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1017 DeclarationName Name;
1018 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1019 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001020 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1021 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001022
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001023 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001024
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001025 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1026 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001027 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1028 // (note: handled after lookup)
1029 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1030 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1031 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001032 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1033 // names a dependent type.
1034 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1035 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001036 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1037 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1038 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001039 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001040 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001041 TemplateArgs);
1042 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001043
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001044 // Perform the required lookup.
1045 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1046 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001047 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001048 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001049 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001050 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1051 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001052
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001053 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1054 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001055 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1056 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001057 if (E.isInvalid())
1058 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001059
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001060 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1061 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001062 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001063 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001064
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001065 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1066 return ExprError();
1067
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001068 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1069 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001071
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001072 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001073 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001074 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1075 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1076 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1077 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1078 }
1079
1080 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1081 // call, diagnose the problem.
1082 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001083 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001084 return ExprError();
1085
1086 assert(!R.empty() &&
1087 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001088
1089 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1090 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001091 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001092 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1093 R.clear();
1094 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1095 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1096 return move(E);
1097 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001098 }
1099 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001101 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1102 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1103
1104 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001105 // Warn about constructs like:
1106 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1107 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001108
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001109 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1110 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001111 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001112 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001113 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001114 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001115 << Var->getDeclName()
1116 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1117 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001118 break;
1119 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001120
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001121 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1122 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001123 }
1124 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001125 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001126 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1127 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1128 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1129 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1130 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1131 // type.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001132 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001133 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001134
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001135 QualType T = Func->getType();
1136 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001138 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001139 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001140 }
1141 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001142
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001143 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1144 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1145 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1146 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1147 // class member access expression.
1148 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1149 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001150 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001151 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001152 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1153 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001154 }
1155
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001156 if (TemplateArgs)
1157 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001158
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001159 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1160}
1161
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001162/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1163Sema::OwningExprResult
1164Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1165 LookupResult &R,
1166 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1167 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1168 case IMA_Instance:
1169 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1170
1171 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1172 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1173 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1174 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1175
1176 case IMA_Mixed:
1177 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1178 case IMA_Unresolved:
1179 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1180
1181 case IMA_Static:
1182 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1183 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1184 if (TemplateArgs)
1185 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1186 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1187
1188 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1189 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1190 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1191 return ExprError();
1192 }
1193
1194 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1195 return ExprError();
1196}
1197
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001198/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1199/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1200/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1201/// this path.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001202Sema::OwningExprResult
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001203Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001204 DeclarationName Name,
1205 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1206 DeclContext *DC;
1207 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1208 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1209 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1210 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1211
1212 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1213 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1214
1215 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1216 return ExprError();
1217
1218 if (R.empty()) {
1219 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1220 return ExprError();
1221 }
1222
1223 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1224}
1225
1226/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1227/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1228/// additional lookup.
1229///
1230/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1231/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1232///
1233/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1234Sema::OwningExprResult
1235Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001236 IdentifierInfo *II,
1237 bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001238 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1239
1240 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1241 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1242 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1243 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1244 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1245
1246 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1247 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1248 // ivar, that's an error.
1249 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1250
1251 bool LookForIvars;
1252 if (Lookup.empty())
1253 LookForIvars = true;
1254 else if (IsClassMethod)
1255 LookForIvars = false;
1256 else
1257 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1258 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001259 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001260 if (LookForIvars) {
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001261 IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001262 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1263 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1264 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1265 if (IsClassMethod)
1266 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1267 << IV->getDeclName());
1268
1269 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1270 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1271 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1272 return ExprError();
1273
1274 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1275 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1276 return ExprError();
1277
1278 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1279 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1280 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1281 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1282
1283 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1284 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1285 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1286 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001287 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001288 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1289 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1290 SelfName, false, false);
1291 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1292 return Owned(new (Context)
1293 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1294 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1295 }
1296 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1297 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1298 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1299 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1300 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1301 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1302 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1303 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1304 }
1305 }
1306
1307 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1308 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1309 QualType T;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001310
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001311 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1312 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1313 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1314 else
1315 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1316 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1317 }
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001318 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1319 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1320 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1321 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1322 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1323 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1324 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1325 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1326 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1327 }
1328 }
1329 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001330 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1331 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001332}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001333
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001334/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1335///
1336/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1337///
1338/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1339/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1340/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1341/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1342///
1343/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1344/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1345/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1346/// the class declaring the member.
1347///
1348/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1349/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1350/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001351bool
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001352Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1353 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001354 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001355 NamedDecl *Member) {
1356 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1357 if (!RD)
1358 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001359
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001360 QualType DestRecordType;
1361 QualType DestType;
1362 QualType FromRecordType;
1363 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1364 bool PointerConversions = false;
1365 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1366 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001367
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001368 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1369 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1370 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1371 PointerConversions = true;
1372 } else {
1373 DestType = DestRecordType;
1374 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001375 }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001376 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1377 if (Method->isStatic())
1378 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001379
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001380 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1381 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001382
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001383 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1384 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1385 PointerConversions = true;
1386 } else {
1387 FromRecordType = FromType;
1388 DestType = DestRecordType;
1389 }
1390 } else {
1391 // No conversion necessary.
1392 return false;
1393 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001394
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001395 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1396 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001397
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001398 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1399 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1400 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001401
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001402 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1403 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1404
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001405 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001406 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001407 // class name.
1408 //
1409 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1410 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1411 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1412 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1413 //
1414 // class Base { public: int x; };
1415 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1416 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1417 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1418 //
1419 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1420 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1421 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1422 // }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001423 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001424 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1425 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1426 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1427
1428 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1429
1430 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1431 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1432 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1433 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
1434 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
1435 FromLoc, FromRange))
1436 return true;
1437
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001438 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001439 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001440 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001441 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1442
1443 FromType = QType;
1444 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1445
1446 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1447 // we're done.
1448 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1449 return false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001450 }
1451 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001452
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001453 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001454
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001455 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1456 // down to the using declaration's type.
1457 //
1458 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1459 // class ever has member declarations.
1460 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1461 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1462 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1463 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1464
1465 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1466 // conversion is non-trivial.
1467 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1468 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
1469 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
1470 FromLoc, FromRange))
1471 return true;
1472
1473 QualType UType = URecordType;
1474 if (PointerConversions)
1475 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001476 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001477 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1478 FromType = UType;
1479 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1480 }
1481
1482 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1483 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1484 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001485 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001486
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001487 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1488 DestRecordType,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001489 FromLoc,
1490 FromRange,
1491 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001492 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001493
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001494 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
1495 /*isLvalue=*/ !PointerConversions);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001496 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001497}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001498
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001499/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001500static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedmanf595cc42009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001501 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00001502 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1503 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001504 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1505 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1506 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001507 if (SS.isSet()) {
1508 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1509 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001510 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001511
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001512 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001513 Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001514}
1515
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001516/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1517/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1518/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1519/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001520Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001521Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1522 LookupResult &R,
1523 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1524 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001525 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1526
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001527 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001528
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001529 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1530 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001531 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001532 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001533 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001534 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001535 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001536
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001537 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1538 // 'this' expression now.
1539 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1540 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1541 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001542 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1543 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1544 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1545 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001546 }
1547
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001548 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1549 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1550 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001551 SS,
1552 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1553 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001554}
1555
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001556bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001557 const LookupResult &R,
1558 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001559 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1560 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1561 return false;
1562
1563 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001564 if (SS.isSet())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001565 return false;
1566
1567 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001568 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001569 return false;
1570
1571 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1572 // normal lookup:
1573 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1574 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1575
1576 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1577 // -- a declaration of a class member
1578 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1579 // original decl.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001580 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001581 return false;
1582
1583 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1584 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1585 // using-declaration
1586 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1587 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1588 // turn off ADL anyway).
1589 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1590 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1591 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1592 return false;
1593
1594 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1595 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1596 // template
1597 // And also for builtin functions.
1598 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1599 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1600
1601 // But also builtin functions.
1602 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1603 return false;
1604 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1605 return false;
1606 }
1607
1608 return true;
1609}
1610
1611
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001612/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1613/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1614/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1615/// will in fact be used.
1616static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1617 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1618 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1619 return true;
1620 }
1621
1622 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1623 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1624 return true;
1625 }
1626
1627 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1628 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1629 return true;
1630 }
1631
1632 return false;
1633}
1634
1635Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001636Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001637 LookupResult &R,
1638 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCallfead20c2009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001639 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1640 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor86b8e092010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001641 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001642 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001643
1644 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1645 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1646 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001647 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1648 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001649 return ExprError();
1650
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001651 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1652 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1653 // we've picked a target.
1654 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1655
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001656 bool Dependent
1657 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001658 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001659 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001660 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1661 SS.getRange(),
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001662 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1663 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001664 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001665
1666 return Owned(ULE);
1667}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001668
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001669
1670/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1671Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001672Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001673 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1674 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001675 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1676 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001677
1678 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1679 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001680
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001681 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1682 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1683 // a template argument list.
1684 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1685 << Template << SS.getRange();
1686 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1687 return ExprError();
1688 }
1689
1690 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1691 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1692 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001693 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001694 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCall87cf6702009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001695 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001696 return ExprError();
1697 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001698
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001699 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1700 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1701 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1702 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001703 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001704 return ExprError();
1705
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001706 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1707 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001708 return ExprError();
1709
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001710 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1711 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1712 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1713 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001714 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001715 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1716 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1717 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001718 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001719 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump0d6fd572010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001720 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1721 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1722 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1723 return ExprError();
1724 }
1725
Fariborz Jahanian8596bbe2010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001726 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump28497342010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001727 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1728 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1729 return ExprError();
1730 }
1731
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001732 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001733 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001734 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001735 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001736 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001737 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1738 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001739 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001740
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001741 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001742 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001743 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001744 }
1745 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1746 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001747
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001748 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001749}
1750
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001751Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1752 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001753 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001754
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001755 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001756 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001757 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1758 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1759 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001760 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001761
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001762 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1763 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001765 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1766 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001767 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001768 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001769 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001770
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001771 QualType ResTy;
1772 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1773 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1774 } else {
Anders Carlsson848fa642010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001775 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001776
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001777 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001778 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001779 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1780 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001781 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001782}
1783
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001784Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001785 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001786 bool Invalid = false;
1787 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1788 if (Invalid)
1789 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001790
Benjamin Kramerddeea562010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001791 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1792 PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001793 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001794 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001795
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001796 QualType Ty;
1797 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1798 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1799 else if (Literal.isWide())
1800 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedman136b0cd2010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001801 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1802 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001803 else
1804 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001805
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001806 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1807 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001808 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001809}
1810
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001811Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1812 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001813 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1814 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001815 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001816 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001817 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001818 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001819 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001820
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001821 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001822 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1823 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001824 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001825
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001826 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001827 bool Invalid = false;
1828 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1829 if (Invalid)
1830 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001831
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001832 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001833 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1834 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001835 return ExprError();
1836
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001837 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001838
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001839 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001840 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001841 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001842 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001843 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001844 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001845 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001846 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001847
1848 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1849
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001850 using llvm::APFloat;
1851 APFloat Val(Format);
1852
1853 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall9f2df882009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001854
1855 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1856 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1857 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1858 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001859 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001860 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001861 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001862 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001863 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1864 } else {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001865 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001866 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1867 }
1868
1869 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1870 << Ty
1871 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1872 }
1873
1874 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001875 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001876
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001877 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001878 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001879 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001880 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001881
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001882 // long long is a C99 feature.
1883 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001884 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001885 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1886
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001887 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001888 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001889
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001890 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1891 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1892 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001893 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1894 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001895 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001896 } else {
1897 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1898 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001899
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001900 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1901 // be an unsigned int.
1902 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1903
1904 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001905 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001906 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1907 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001908 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001909
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001910 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1911 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1912 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1913 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001914 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001915 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001916 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001917 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001918 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001919 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001920
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001921 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001922 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001923 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001924
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001925 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1926 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1927 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1928 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001929 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001930 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001931 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001932 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001933 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001934 }
1935
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001936 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001937 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001938 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001939
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001940 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1941 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1942 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1943 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001944 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001945 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001946 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001947 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001948 }
1949 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001950
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001951 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1952 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001953 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001954 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001955 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001956 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001957 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001958
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001959 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1960 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001961 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001962 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001963 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001964
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001965 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1966 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001967 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001968 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001969
1970 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001971}
1972
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001973Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1974 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001975 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001976 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001977 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001978}
1979
1980/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1981/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001982bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001983 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1984 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1985 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001986 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1987 return false;
1988
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001989 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1990 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1991 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1992 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1993 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1994 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1995
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001996 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001997 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001998 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001999 if (isSizeof)
2000 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
2001 return false;
2002 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002003
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002004 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002005 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002006 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
2007 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002008 return false;
2009 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002010
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002011 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002012 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2013 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002014 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002016 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00002017 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002018 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002019 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2020 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002021 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002023 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002024}
2025
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002026bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2027 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2028 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002029
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002030 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002031 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2032 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002033
2034 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2035 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2036 return false;
2037
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002038 if (E->getBitField()) {
2039 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2040 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002041 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002042
2043 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2044 // bit-field.
2045 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002046 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002047 return false;
2048
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002049 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2050}
2051
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002052/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053Action::OwningExprResult
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002054Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002055 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002056 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002057 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002058 return ExprError();
2059
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002060 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002061
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002062 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2063 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2064 return ExprError();
2065
2066 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002067 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002068 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2069 R.getEnd()));
2070}
2071
2072/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2073/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002074Action::OwningExprResult
2075Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002076 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2077 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2078 bool isInvalid = false;
2079 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2080 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2081 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2082 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002083 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002084 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2085 isInvalid = true;
2086 } else {
2087 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2088 }
2089
2090 if (isInvalid)
2091 return ExprError();
2092
2093 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2094 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2095 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2096 R.getEnd()));
2097}
2098
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002099/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2100/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2101/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002102Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002103Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2104 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002105 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002106 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002107
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002108 if (isType) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002109 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2110 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2111 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002112 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002113
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002114 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2115 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2116 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2117
2118 if (Result.isInvalid())
2119 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2120
2121 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002122}
2123
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002124QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002125 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2126 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002127
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002128 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002129 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002130 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002131
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002132 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2133 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2134 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002135
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002136 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002137 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2138 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002139 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002140}
2141
2142
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002143
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002144Action::OwningExprResult
2145Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2146 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002147 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2148 switch (Kind) {
2149 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2150 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2151 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2152 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002153
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002154 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002155}
2156
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002157Action::OwningExprResult
2158Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2159 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002160 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2161 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2162
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002163 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2164 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002165
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002166 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002167 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2168 Base.release();
2169 Idx.release();
2170 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2171 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2172 }
2173
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002174 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002175 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002176 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2177 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2178 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002179 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002180 }
2181
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002182 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2183}
2184
2185
2186Action::OwningExprResult
2187Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2188 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2189 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2190 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2191
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002192 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002193 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2194 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2195 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002196
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002197 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002198
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002199 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002200 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002201 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002202 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002203 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2204 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002205 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2206 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2207 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2208 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002209 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002210 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2211 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002212 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002213 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002214 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002215 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2216 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002217 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002218 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002219 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002220 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2221 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2222 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002223 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002224 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002225 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2226 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2227 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2228 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002229 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002230 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002231 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002232
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002233 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2234 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002235 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2236 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002237 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002238 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2239 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2240 // force the promotion here.
2241 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2242 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002243 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2244 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002245 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2246
2247 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2248 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002249 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002250 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2251 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2252 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2253 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002254 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2255 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002256 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2257
2258 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2259 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002260 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002261 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002262 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2263 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002264 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002265 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002266 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2267 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002268 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2269 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002270
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002271 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002272 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2273 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002274 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2275
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002276 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002277 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2278 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002279 // incomplete types are not object types.
2280 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2281 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2282 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2283 return ExprError();
2284 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002285
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002286 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002287 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002288 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2289 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002290 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002291
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002292 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2293 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2294 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2295 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2296 return ExprError();
2297 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002298
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002299 Base.release();
2300 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002301 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002302 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002303}
2304
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002305QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002306CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002307 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002308 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002309 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2310 // see FIXME there.
2311 //
2312 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2313 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002314 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002315
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002316 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002317 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002318
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002319 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002320 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2321 // to be selected.
2322 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002323
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002324 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2325 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002326 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002327
2328 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2329 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002330 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002331 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2332 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002333 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002334 do
2335 compStr++;
2336 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002337 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002338 do
2339 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002340 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002341 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002342
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002343 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002344 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2345 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002346 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2347 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002348 return QualType();
2349 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002350
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002351 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2352 // operates on.
2353 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002354 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002355
2356 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002357 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002358
2359 while (*compStr) {
2360 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2361 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2362 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2363 return QualType();
2364 }
2365 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002366 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002367
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002368 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002369 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002370 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002371 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002372 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman0479a0b2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002373 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002374 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002375 if (HexSwizzle)
2376 CompSize--;
2377
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002378 if (CompSize == 1)
2379 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002380
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002381 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002382 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002383 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2384 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2385 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2386 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002387 }
2388 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002389}
2390
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002391static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002392 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002393 const Selector &Sel,
2394 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002395
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002396 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002397 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002398 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002399 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002400
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002401 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2402 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002403 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002404 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002405 return D;
2406 }
2407 return 0;
2408}
2409
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002410static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002411 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002412 const Selector &Sel,
2413 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002414 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2415 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002416 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002417 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002418 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002419 GDecl = PD;
2420 break;
2421 }
2422 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002423 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002424 GDecl = OMD;
2425 break;
2426 }
2427 }
2428 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002429 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002430 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2431 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002432 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002433 if (GDecl)
2434 return GDecl;
2435 }
2436 }
2437 return GDecl;
2438}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002439
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002440Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002441Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2442 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002443 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2444 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2445 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2446 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2447 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2448
2449 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2450 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2451 //
2452 // T* t;
2453 // t.f;
2454 //
2455 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2456 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2457 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2458 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002459 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002460 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2461 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002462 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002463 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002464 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002465 return ExprError();
2466 }
2467 }
2468
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00002469 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002470
2471 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2472 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002473 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002474 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2475 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2476 SS.getRange(),
2477 FirstQualifierInScope,
2478 Name, NameLoc,
2479 TemplateArgs));
2480}
2481
2482/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2483/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2484/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2485static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2486 Expr *BaseExpr,
2487 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002488 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002489 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002490 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2491 // diagnostics.
2492 if (!BaseExpr)
2493 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002494
2495 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2496 // complicated cases here.
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002497 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002498 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002499 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002500}
2501
2502// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2503// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2504// type. The restriction here is:
2505//
2506// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2507// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2508// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2509//
2510// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2511// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2512// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2513// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2514bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2515 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002516 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002517 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002518 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2519 if (!BaseRT) {
2520 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2521 // dependent.
2522 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2523 return false;
2524 }
2525 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002526
2527 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002528 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2529 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002530 if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002531 return false;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002532
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002533 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2534 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2535 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2536 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2537
2538 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2539 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2540
2541 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2542 return false;
2543 }
2544
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002545 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002546 return true;
2547}
2548
2549static bool
2550LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2551 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002552 SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002553 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2554 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002555 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002556 << BaseRange))
2557 return true;
2558
2559 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2560 if (SS.isSet()) {
2561 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2562 // nested-name-specifier.
2563 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2564
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002565 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2566 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2567 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2568 return true;
2569 }
2570
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002571 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002572
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002573 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2574 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2575 << DC << SS.getRange();
2576 return true;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002577 }
2578 }
2579
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002580 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2581 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002582
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002583 if (!R.empty())
2584 return false;
2585
2586 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2587 // for typos.
2588 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002589 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002590 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2591 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2592 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002593 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2594 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002595 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2596 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2597 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002598 return false;
2599 } else {
2600 R.clear();
2601 }
2602
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002603 return false;
2604}
2605
2606Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002607Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002608 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002609 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002610 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2611 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2612 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2613 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2614
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002615 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2616 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002617 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002618 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2619 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2620 Name, NameLoc,
2621 TemplateArgs);
2622
2623 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002624
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002625 // Implicit member accesses.
2626 if (!Base) {
2627 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2628 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2629 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2630 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2631 OpLoc, SS))
2632 return ExprError();
2633
2634 // Explicit member accesses.
2635 } else {
2636 OwningExprResult Result =
2637 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002638 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002639
2640 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2641 Owned(Base);
2642 return ExprError();
2643 }
2644
2645 if (Result.get())
2646 return move(Result);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002647 }
2648
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002649 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002650 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2651 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002652}
2653
2654Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002655Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2656 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2657 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002658 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002659 LookupResult &R,
2660 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2661 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002662 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002663 if (IsArrow) {
2664 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2665 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2666 }
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002667 R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002668
2669 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2670 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2671 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2672 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2673
2674 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002675 return ExprError();
2676
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002677 if (R.empty()) {
2678 // Rederive where we looked up.
2679 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2680 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2681 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002682
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002683 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002684 << MemberName << DC
2685 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002686 return ExprError();
2687 }
2688
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002689 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2690 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2691 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2692 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2693 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2694 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2695 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2696 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2697 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2698 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2699 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002700 return ExprError();
2701
2702 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2703 // result.
2704 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002705 bool Dependent =
John McCall410a3f32009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002706 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002707 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002708 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002709
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002710 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2711 // pick a member.
2712 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2713
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002714 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2715 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2716 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002717 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2718 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002719 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2720 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2721 TemplateArgs);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002722 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002723
2724 return Owned(MemExpr);
2725 }
2726
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002727 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002728 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002729 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2730
2731 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2732
2733 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2734 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2735 // error cases.
2736 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2737 return ExprError();
2738
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002739 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2740 if (!BaseExpr) {
2741 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002742 if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002743 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2744
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002745 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2746 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2747 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2748 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002749 }
2750
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002751 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2752 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2753 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2754 // explicitly qualified.
2755 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2756 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2757 }
2758
2759 // Check the use of this member.
2760 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2761 Owned(BaseExpr);
2762 return ExprError();
2763 }
2764
2765 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2766 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2767 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002768 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2769 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002770 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2771 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2772
2773 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2774 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2775 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2776 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2777 else {
2778 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2779 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2780 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2781
2782 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2783 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2784
2785 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2786 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2787 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2788 }
2789
2790 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002791 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002792 return ExprError();
2793 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002794 FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002795 }
2796
2797 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2798 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2799 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002800 Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002801 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2802 }
2803
2804 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2805 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2806 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002807 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002808 MemberFn->getType()));
2809 }
2810
2811 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2812 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2813 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002814 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002815 }
2816
2817 Owned(BaseExpr);
2818
2819 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2820 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2821 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2822
2823 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2824 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2825 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2826 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2827 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2828 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2829}
2830
2831/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2832/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2833/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2834/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2835/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2836/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2837/// an ordinary member expression.
2838///
2839/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2840/// fixed for ObjC++.
2841Sema::OwningExprResult
2842Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002843 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002844 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002845 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002846 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002847
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002848 // Perform default conversions.
2849 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002850
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002851 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002852 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2853
2854 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2855 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002856
2857 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002858 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002859 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2860 // call, and continue on.
2861 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2862 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2863 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2864 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2865 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002866 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2867 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002868 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2869 ->isRecordType()))) {
2870 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2871 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2872 << QualType(Fun, 0)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002873 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002874
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002875 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002876 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002877 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2878 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002879 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002880
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002881 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2882 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2883 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2884 }
2885 }
2886 }
2887
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002888 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2889 // use that.
2890 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002891 if (IsArrow) {
2892 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2893 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2894 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2895 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2896 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002897 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2898 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002899 }
2900 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002901 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2902 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2903 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2904 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002905 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002906 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002907 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002908
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002909 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2910 // use that.
2911 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2912 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2913 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2914 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2915 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2916 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2917 }
2918 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002919
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002920 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002921
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002922 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002923 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002924 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2925 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2926 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2927 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2928 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2929 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2930 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2931 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2932 // Check the use of this method.
2933 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2934 return ExprError();
2935 }
2936 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2937 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2938 Selector SetterSel =
2939 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2940 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2941 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2942 if (!Setter) {
2943 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2944 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002945 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002946 }
2947 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2948 if (!Setter)
2949 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002950
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002951 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2952 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002953
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002954 if (Getter || Setter) {
2955 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002956
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002957 if (Getter)
2958 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2959 else
2960 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2961 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2962 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002963 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002964 PType,
2965 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2966 }
2967 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2968 << MemberName << BaseType);
2969 }
2970 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002971
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002972 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2973 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2974 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002975 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002976 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002977
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002978 if (IsArrow) {
2979 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002980 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002981 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2982 ;
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002983 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2984 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2985 // struct MyRecord foo;
2986 // foo->bar
2987 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2988 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2989 // by now.
2990 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2991 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002992 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002993 IsArrow = false;
2994 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002995 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2996 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2997 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002998 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002999 } else {
3000 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
3001 // type *foo;
3002 // foo.bar
3003 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
3004 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
3005 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
3006 // the appropriate pointer type
3007 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
3008 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
3009 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
3010 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3011 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003012 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003013 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3014 IsArrow = true;
3015 }
3016 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003017 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003018
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003019 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
3020 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003021 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003022 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
3023 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003024 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003025 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003026 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003027
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003028 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3029 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003030 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
3031 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003032 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003033 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003034 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003035 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003036 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3037
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003038 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3039 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003040 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003041
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003042 if (!IV) {
3043 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3044 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3045 LookupMemberName);
3046 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
3047 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003048 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003049 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3050 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003051 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3052 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003053 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003054 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003055 }
3056 }
3057
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003058 if (IV) {
3059 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3060 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3061 // error cases.
3062 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3063 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003064
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003065 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3066 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3067 return ExprError();
3068 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3069 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3070 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3071 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3072 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3073 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3074 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3075 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3076 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3077 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3078 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3079 // AST for a function decl.
3080 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003081 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003082 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3083 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3084 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3085 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3086 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3087 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088
3089 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3090 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003091 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003092 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003093 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003094 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3095 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003096 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003097 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003098 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003099
3100 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3101 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003102 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003103 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003104 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003105 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003106 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003107 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003108 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003109 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003110 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3111 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003112 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003113 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003114
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003115 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003116 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003117 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3118 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3119 // Check the use of this declaration
3120 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3121 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003122
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003123 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3124 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3125 }
3126 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3127 // Check the use of this method.
3128 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3129 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003130
Ted Kremenekeb3b3242010-02-11 22:41:21 +00003131 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(Context, BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003132 OMD->getResultType(),
3133 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003134 NULL, 0));
3135 }
3136 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003137
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003138 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003139 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003140 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003141 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3142 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Chris Lattner7f816522010-04-11 07:45:24 +00003143 if (!IsArrow)
3144 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3145 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
Chris Lattnerb9d4fc12010-04-11 07:51:10 +00003146 return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003147
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003148 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003149 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003150 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003151 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003152 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003153 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003154
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003155 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003156 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003157 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003158 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3159 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003160 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003161 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003162 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003163 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003164
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003165 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3166 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3167
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003168 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003169}
3170
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003171/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3172/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3173/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3174/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3175/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3176///
3177/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3178/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3179/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3180/// only be called
3181/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3182/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3183/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3184Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3185 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3186 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00003187 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003188 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3189 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3190 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3191 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3192 return ExprError();
3193
3194 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3195
3196 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3197 DeclarationName Name;
3198 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3199 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3200 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3201 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3202
3203 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3204
3205 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3206 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3207 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3208
3209 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3210 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3211
3212 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3213 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00003214 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003215 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003216 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3217 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3218 Name, NameLoc,
3219 TemplateArgs);
3220 } else {
3221 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3222 if (TemplateArgs) {
3223 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3224 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3225 } else {
3226 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003227 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003228
3229 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3230 Owned(Base);
3231 return ExprError();
3232 }
3233
3234 if (Result.get()) {
3235 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3236 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3237 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3238 // call now.
3239 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3240 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003241 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003242
3243 return move(Result);
3244 }
3245 }
3246
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003247 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003248 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3249 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003250 }
3251
3252 return move(Result);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003253}
3254
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003255Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3256 FunctionDecl *FD,
3257 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3258 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3259 Diag (CallLoc,
3260 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3261 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003262 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003263 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3264 } else {
3265 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3266 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3267
3268 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor525f96c2010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003269 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3270 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003271
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003272 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3273 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003274 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003275
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003276 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003277 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003278 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003279
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003280 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3281 InitializedEntity Entity
3282 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3283 InitializationKind Kind
3284 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3285 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3286 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3287
3288 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003289 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003290 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3291 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003292 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003293
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003294 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003295 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003296 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003297 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003298
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003299 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3300 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3301 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003302 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3303 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson337cba42009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003304 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3305 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003306 }
3307
3308 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003309 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003310}
3311
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003312/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3313/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3314/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3315/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3316/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3317/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003318bool
3319Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003320 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003321 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003322 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3323 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003324 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003325 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3326 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003327 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003328
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003329 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3330 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3331 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3332 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3333 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3334 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003335 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003336 }
3337
3338 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3339 // them.
3340 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3341 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3342 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3343 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3344 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3345 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3346 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3347 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003348 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003349 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003350 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003351 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003352 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003353 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003354 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3355 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3356 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3357 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3358 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003359 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2fe168f2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003360 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003361 if (Invalid)
3362 return true;
3363 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3364 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3365 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003366
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003367 return false;
3368}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003369
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003370bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3371 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3372 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3373 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3374 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3375 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003376 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003377 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3378 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3379 bool Invalid = false;
3380 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3381 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3382 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3383 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003384 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003385 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003386 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003387
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003388 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003389 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3390 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003391
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003392 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3393 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003394 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003395 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003396 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003397
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003398 // Pass the argument
3399 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3400 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3401 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregoraa037312009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003402
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003403
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003404 InitializedEntity Entity =
3405 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3406 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3407 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3408 SourceLocation(),
3409 Owned(Arg));
3410 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3411 return true;
3412
3413 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003414 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003415 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003416
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003417 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003418 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003419 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3420 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003421
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003422 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003423 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003424 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003425 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003426
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003427 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003428 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003429 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003430 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003431 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003432 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003433 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003434 }
3435 }
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003436 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003437}
3438
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003439/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003440/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3441/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003442Action::OwningExprResult
3443Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3444 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003445 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003446 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003447
3448 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3449 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003450
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003451 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003452 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003453 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003454
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003455 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003456 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3457 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3458 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3459 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3460 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003461 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003462 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3463 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003464
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003465 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3466 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003467
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003468 NumArgs = 0;
3469 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003470
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003471 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3472 RParenLoc));
3473 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003474
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003475 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003476 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003477 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3478 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003479 bool Dependent = false;
3480 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3481 Dependent = true;
3482 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3483 Dependent = true;
3484
3485 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003486 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003487 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3488
3489 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3490 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3491 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3492 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3493
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003494 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3495
3496 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3497 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3498 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3499 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3500 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3501 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3502 // method template.
3503 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3504 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor958aeb02009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003505 (void)MemE;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003506
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003507 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3508 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003509 }
3510
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003511 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003512 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003513 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003514 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003515 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3516 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003517 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003518
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003519 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003520 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003521 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3522 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003523 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003524 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3525 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003526
3527 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3528 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003529 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3530 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003531
3532 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3533 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003534 TheCall.get(), 0))
3535 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003536
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003537 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003538 RParenLoc))
3539 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003540
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003541 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3542 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003543 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003544 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3545 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003546 }
3547 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003548 }
3549
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003550 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003551 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003552 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003553
Eli Friedmanefa42f72009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003554 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003555 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3556 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3557 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3558 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003559 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003560
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003561 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3562 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3563 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3564
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003565 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3566}
3567
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003568/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3569/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003570/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3571/// block-pointer type.
3572///
3573/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3574Sema::OwningExprResult
3575Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3576 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3577 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3578 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3579 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3580
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003581 // Promote the function operand.
3582 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3583
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003584 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3585 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003586 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3587 Args, NumArgs,
3588 Context.BoolTy,
3589 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003590
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003591 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3592 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3593 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3594 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003595 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003596 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003597 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3598 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003599 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003600 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003601 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003602 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003603 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003604 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003605 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3606 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3607
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003608 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003609 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003610 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3611 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003612 return ExprError();
3613
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003614 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003615 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003616
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003617 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003618 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003619 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003620 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003621 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003622 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003623
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003624 if (FDecl) {
3625 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3626 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3627 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003628 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003629 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003630 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003631 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3632 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3633 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3634 }
3635 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003636 }
3637
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003638 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003639 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3640 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3641 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003642 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3643 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003644 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3645 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003646 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003647 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003648 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003649 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003650
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003651 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3652 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003653 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3654 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003655
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003656 // Check for sentinels
3657 if (NDecl)
3658 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003659
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003660 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003661 if (FDecl) {
3662 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3663 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003664
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003665 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003666 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3667 } else if (NDecl) {
3668 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3669 return ExprError();
3670 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003671
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003672 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003673}
3674
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003675Action::OwningExprResult
3676Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3677 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003678 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003679 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003680 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003681
3682 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3683 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3684 if (!TInfo)
3685 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3686
3687 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3688}
3689
3690Action::OwningExprResult
3691Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3692 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3693 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003694 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003695
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003696 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003697 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003698 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3699 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003700 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3701 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003702 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003703 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003704 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003705 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003706
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003707 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003708 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003709 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003710 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003711 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003712 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3713 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3714 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3715 &literalType);
3716 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003717 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003718 InitExpr.release();
3719 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003720
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003721 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003722 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003723 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003724 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003725 }
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003726
3727 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003728
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003729 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003730 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003731}
3732
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003733Action::OwningExprResult
3734Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003735 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3736 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3737 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003738
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003739 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003740 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003741
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00003742 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
3743 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003744 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003745 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003746}
3747
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003748static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3749 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003750 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003751 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3752
3753 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3754 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003755 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3756 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahaniana7fa7cd2009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003757 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003758 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3759 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3760 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003761
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003762 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3763 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3764 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3765 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3766 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3767 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3768 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3769 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003770
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003771 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3772 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3773 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3774 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3775 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3776 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003777
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003778 // FIXME: Assert here.
3779 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3780 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3781}
3782
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003783/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003784bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003785 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003786 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3787 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003788 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003789 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3790 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003791
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003792 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003793
3794 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3795 // type needs to be scalar.
3796 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3797 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003798 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3799 return false;
3800 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003801
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003802 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003803 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003804 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3805 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003806 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003807 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3808 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003809 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003810 return false;
3811 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003812
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003813 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003814 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003815 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003816 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003817 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003818 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003819 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003820 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003821 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3822 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3823 break;
3824 }
3825 }
3826 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3827 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3828 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003829 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003830 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003831 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003832
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003833 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3834 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3835 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3836 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003837
3838 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003839 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003840 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3841 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003842 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003843 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003844
3845 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003846 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003847
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003848 if (castType->isVectorType())
3849 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3850 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3851 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3852
3853 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003854 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003855
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003856 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3857 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003858
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003859 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003860 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3861 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3862 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3863 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3864 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3865 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3866 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3867 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3868 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3869 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003870 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003871
3872 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003873 return false;
3874}
3875
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003876bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3877 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003878 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003879
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003880 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003881 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003882 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003883 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003884 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003885 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003886 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003887 } else
3888 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003889 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003890 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003891
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003892 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003893 return false;
3894}
3895
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003896bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003897 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003898 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003899
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003900 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003901
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003902 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3903 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003904 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3905 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3906 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3907 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003908 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003909 return false;
3910 }
3911
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003912 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003913 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3914 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003915 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3916 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3917 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3918 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003919
3920 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3921 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3922 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003923
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003924 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003925 return false;
3926}
3927
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003928Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003929Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003930 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3931 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3932 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003933
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003934 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3935 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3936 if (!castTInfo)
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003937 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003938
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003939 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003940 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003941 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003942 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3943 castTInfo);
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003944
3945 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3946}
3947
3948Action::OwningExprResult
3949Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3950 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3951 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3952
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003953 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003954 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3955 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003956 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003957 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003958
3959 if (Method) {
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003960 // FIXME: preserve type source info here
3961 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, Ty->getType(),
3962 Kind, Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003963
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003964 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3965 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003966
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003967 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3968 } else {
3969 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003970 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003971
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003972 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
3973 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003974 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003975}
3976
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003977/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3978/// of comma binary operators.
3979Action::OwningExprResult
3980Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3981 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3982 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3983 if (!E)
3984 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003985
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003986 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003988 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3989 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3990 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003991
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003992 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3993}
3994
3995Action::OwningExprResult
3996Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3997 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003998 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003999 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004000 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004001
4002 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004003 // then handle it as such.
4004 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
4005 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4006 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4007 return ExprError();
4008 }
4009
4010 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4011 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4012 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4013
4014 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4015 // braces instead of the original commas.
4016 Op.release();
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004017 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004018 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4019 E->setType(Ty);
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004020 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004021 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004022 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004023 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4024 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004025 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004026 }
4027}
4028
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004029Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004030 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004031 MultiExprArg Val,
4032 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004033 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4034 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004035 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4036 Expr *expr;
4037 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4038 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4039 else
4040 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004041 return Owned(expr);
4042}
4043
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004044/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4045/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004046/// C99 6.5.15
4047QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4048 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004049 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4050 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4051 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4052
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004053 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004054
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004055 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4056 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4057 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4058 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4059 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4060 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004061
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004062 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004063 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4064 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4065 << CondTy;
4066 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004067 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004068
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004069 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004070 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4071 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004072
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004073 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4074 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004075 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4076 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4077 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004078 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004079
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004080 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4081 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004082 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4083 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004084 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004085 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004086 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004087 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004088 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004089 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004090
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004091 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004092 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004093 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4094 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4095 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4096 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4097 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4098 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4099 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004100 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4101 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004102 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004103 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004104 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4105 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004106 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004107 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004108 // promote the null to a pointer.
4109 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004110 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004111 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004112 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004113 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004114 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004115 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004116 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004117
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004118 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4119 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4120 QuestionLoc);
4121 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4122 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004123
4124
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004125 // Handle block pointer types.
4126 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4127 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4128 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4129 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004130 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4131 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004132 return destType;
4133 }
4134 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004135 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004136 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004137 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004138 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4139 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4140 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004141 return LHSTy;
4142 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004143 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004144 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4145 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004146
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004147 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4148 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004149 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004150 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004151 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4152 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4153 // to get a consistent AST.
4154 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004155 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4156 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004157 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004158 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004159 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004160 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4161 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004162 return LHSTy;
4163 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004164
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004165 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4166 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4167 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004168 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4169 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004170
4171 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4172 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4173 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004174 QualType destPointee
4175 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004176 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004177 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4178 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4179 // Promote to void*.
4180 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004181 return destType;
4182 }
4183 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004184 QualType destPointee
4185 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004186 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004187 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004188 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004189 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004190 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004191 return destType;
4192 }
4193
4194 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4195 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4196 return LHSTy;
4197 }
4198 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4199 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4200 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4201 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4202 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4203 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4204 // to get a consistent AST.
4205 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004206 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4207 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004208 return incompatTy;
4209 }
4210 // The pointer types are compatible.
4211 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4212 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4213 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4214 // type.
4215 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4216 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004217 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4218 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004219 return LHSTy;
4220 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004221
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004222 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4223 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4224 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4225 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004226 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004227 return RHSTy;
4228 }
4229 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4230 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4231 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004232 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004233 return LHSTy;
4234 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004235
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004236 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004237 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4238 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004239 return QualType();
4240}
4241
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004242/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4243/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4244QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4245 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4246 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4247 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004248
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004249 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4250 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4251 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4252 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4253 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4254 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4255 return LHSTy;
4256 }
4257 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4258 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4259 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4260 return RHSTy;
4261 }
4262 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4263 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4264 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4265 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4266 return LHSTy;
4267 }
4268 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4269 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4270 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4271 return RHSTy;
4272 }
4273 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4274 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4275 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4276 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4277 return LHSTy;
4278 }
4279 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4280 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4281 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4282 return RHSTy;
4283 }
4284 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4285 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004286
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004287 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4288 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4289 return LHSTy;
4290 }
4291 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4292 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4293 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004294
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004295 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4296 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4297 // type. This allows
4298 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4299 // where B is a subclass of A.
4300 //
4301 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4302 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4303 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4304 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004305
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004306 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4307 // It could return the composite type.
4308 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4309 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4310 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4311 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4312 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4313 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4314 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4315 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4316 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4317 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4318 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4319 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4320 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4321 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004322 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004323 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4324 ;
4325 else {
4326 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4327 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4328 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4329 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4330 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4331 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4332 return incompatTy;
4333 }
4334 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4335 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4336 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4337 return compositeType;
4338 }
4339 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4340 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4341 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4342 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4343 QualType destPointee
4344 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4345 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4346 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4347 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4348 // Promote to void*.
4349 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4350 return destType;
4351 }
4352 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4353 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4354 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4355 QualType destPointee
4356 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4357 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4358 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4359 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4360 // Promote to void*.
4361 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4362 return destType;
4363 }
4364 return QualType();
4365}
4366
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004367/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004368/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004369Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4370 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4371 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4372 ExprArg RHS) {
4373 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4374 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004375
4376 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4377 // was the condition.
4378 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4379 if (isLHSNull)
4380 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004381
4382 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004383 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004384 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004385 return ExprError();
4386
4387 Cond.release();
4388 LHS.release();
4389 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004390 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004391 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004392 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004393}
4394
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004395// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004397// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4398// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4399// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004400Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004401Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4402 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004403
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004404 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4405 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4406 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4407 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4408 return Compatible;
4409 }
4410
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004411 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004412 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4413 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004414
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004415 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004416 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4417 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004418
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004419 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004420
4421 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4422 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4423 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004424 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004425 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004426 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004427
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4429 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004430 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004431 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004432 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004433 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004434
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004435 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004436 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4437 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004438 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004439
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004440 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004441 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004442 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004443
4444 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004445 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4446 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004447 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004448 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004449 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004450 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4451 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4452 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4453 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4454 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4455 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004456 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004457 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004458 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004459 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004460
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004461 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004462 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004463 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004464 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004465
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004466 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4467 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4468 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4469 // warning can be disabled.
4470 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4471 return ConvTy;
4472 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4473 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004474
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004475 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4476 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4477 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4478 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4479 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4480 do {
4481 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4482 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004483
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004484 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4485 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4486 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004487
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004488 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004489 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004490 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004491
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004492 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004493 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004494 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004495 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004496}
4497
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004498/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4499/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4500/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4501// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004502Sema::AssignConvertType
4503Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004504 QualType rhsType) {
4505 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004506
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004507 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004508 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4509 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004510
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004511 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4512 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4513 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004514
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004515 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004516
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004517 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004518 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004519 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004520
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004521 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4522 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4523 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4524 }
4525 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004526 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004527 return ConvTy;
4528}
4529
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004530/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4531/// for assignment compatibility.
4532Sema::AssignConvertType
4533Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004534 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4535 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004536 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4537 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004538 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004539 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004540 }
4541 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4542 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004543 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4544 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004545 return IncompatiblePointer;
4546 return Compatible;
4547 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004548 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004549 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004550 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004551 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4552 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4553 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4554 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4555 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4556 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004557
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004558 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4559 return Compatible;
4560 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4561 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004562 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004563}
4564
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004565/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4566/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004567/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4568///
4569/// int a, *pint;
4570/// short *pshort;
4571/// struct foo *pfoo;
4572///
4573/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4574/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4575/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4576/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4577///
4578/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004579/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004580///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004581Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004582Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004583 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4584 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004585 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4586 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004587
4588 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004589 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004590
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004591 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4592 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4593 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4594 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4595 return Compatible;
4596 }
4597
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004598 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4599 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4600 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4601 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4602 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4603 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4604 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004605 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004606 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004607 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004608 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004609 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004610 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4611 // to the same ExtVector type.
4612 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4613 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4614 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4615 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4616 return Compatible;
4617 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004618
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004619 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004620 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004621 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004622 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004623 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4624 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004625 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004626 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004627 }
4628 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004629 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004630
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004631 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004632 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004633
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004634 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004635 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004636 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004637
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004638 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004639 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004640
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004641 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004642 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004643 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4644 return Compatible;
4645 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004646 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004647 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4648 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004649 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004650
4651 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004652 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004653 return Compatible;
4654 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004655 return Incompatible;
4656 }
4657
4658 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4659 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004660 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004661
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004662 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004663 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004664 return Compatible;
4665
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004666 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4667 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004668
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004669 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004670 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004671 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004672 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004673 return Incompatible;
4674 }
4675
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004676 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4677 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4678 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004679
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004680 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004681 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004682 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4683 return Compatible;
4684 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004685 }
4686 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004687 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004688 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004689 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004690 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4691 return Compatible;
4692 }
4693 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4694 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4695 return Compatible;
4696 return Incompatible;
4697 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004698 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004699 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004700 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4701 return Compatible;
4702
4703 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004704 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004705
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004706 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004707 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004708
4709 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004710 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004711 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004712 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004713 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004714 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4715 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4716 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4717 return Compatible;
4718
4719 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4720 return PointerToInt;
4721
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004722 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004723 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004724 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4725 return Compatible;
4726 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004727 }
4728 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004729 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004730 return Compatible;
4731 return Incompatible;
4732 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004733
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004734 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004735 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004736 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004737 }
4738 return Incompatible;
4739}
4740
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004741/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4742/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004743static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004744 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4745 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4746 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004747 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4748 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004749 SourceLocation());
4750 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4751 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4752
4753 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4754 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004755 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004756 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004757 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004758}
4759
4760Sema::AssignConvertType
4761Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4762 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4763
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004764 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004765 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4766 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004767 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004768 return Incompatible;
4769
4770 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4771 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4772 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4773 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004774 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4775 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004776 it != itend; ++it) {
4777 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4778 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4779 // 1) void pointer
4780 // 2) null pointer constant
4781 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004782 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004783 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004784 InitField = *it;
4785 break;
4786 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004787
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004788 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004789 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004790 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004791 InitField = *it;
4792 break;
4793 }
4794 }
4795
4796 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4797 == Compatible) {
4798 InitField = *it;
4799 break;
4800 }
4801 }
4802
4803 if (!InitField)
4804 return Incompatible;
4805
4806 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4807 return Compatible;
4808}
4809
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004810Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004811Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004812 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4813 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4814 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4815 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4816 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004817 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004818 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004819 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004820 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004821 }
4822
4823 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4824 // structures.
4825 }
4826
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004827 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4828 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004829 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4830 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004831 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004832 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004833 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004834 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004835 return Compatible;
4836 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004837
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004838 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004839 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004840 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004841 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004842 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004843 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004844 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004845 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004846
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004847 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4848 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004849
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004850 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4851 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004852 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4853 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4854 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4855 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004856 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004857 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4858 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004859 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004860}
4861
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004862QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004863 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004864 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004865 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004866 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004867}
4868
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004869QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004870 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004871 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004872 QualType lhsType =
4873 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4874 QualType rhsType =
4875 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004876
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004877 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004878 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004879 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004880
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004881 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4882 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004883 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4884 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004885 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4886 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004887 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004888 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004889 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004890 }
4891 }
4892 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004893
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004894 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4895 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4896 bool swapped = false;
4897 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4898 swapped = true;
4899 std::swap(rex, lex);
4900 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4901 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004902
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004903 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004904 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004905 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4906 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4907 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004908 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004909 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4910 return lhsType;
4911 }
4912 }
4913 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4914 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4915 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004916 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004917 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4918 return lhsType;
4919 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004920 }
4921 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004922
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004923 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004924 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004925 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004926 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004927 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004928}
4929
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004930QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4931 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004932 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004933 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004934
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004935 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004936
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004937 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4938 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4939 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004940
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004941 // Check for division by zero.
4942 if (isDiv &&
4943 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004944 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004945 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004946
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004947 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004948}
4949
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004950QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004951 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004952 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4953 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4954 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4955 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4956 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004957
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004958 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004959
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004960 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4961 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004962
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004963 // Check for remainder by zero.
4964 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004965 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4966 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004967
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004968 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004969}
4970
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004971QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004972 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004973 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4974 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4975 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4976 return compType;
4977 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004978
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004979 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004980
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004981 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004982 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4983 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4984 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004985 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004986 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004987
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004988 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4989 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004990 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004991 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4992
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004993 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004994
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004995 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004996 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004997
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004998 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4999 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005000 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5001 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00005002 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005003 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005004 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005005
5006 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5007 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5008 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005009 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005010 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5011 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5012 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5013 return QualType();
5014 }
5015
5016 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5017 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5018 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005019 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005020 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005021 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005022 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005023 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5024 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005025 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5026 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005027 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005028 return QualType();
5029 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005030 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5031 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5032 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5033 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5034 return QualType();
5035 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005036
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005037 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005038 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5039 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5040 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5041 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5042 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005043 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005044 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5045 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005046 return PExp->getType();
5047 }
5048 }
5049
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005050 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005051}
5052
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005053// C99 6.5.6
5054QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005055 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5056 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5057 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5058 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5059 return compType;
5060 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005061
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005062 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005063
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005064 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005065
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005066 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005067 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5068 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005069 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005070 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005071 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005072
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005073 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005074 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005075 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005076
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005077 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005078
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005079 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5080 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5081 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5082 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5083 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5084 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5085 return QualType();
5086 }
5087
5088 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5089 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5090 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5091 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5092 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005093 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005094 return QualType();
5095 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005096
5097 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5098 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5099 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005100 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005101 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005102 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005103 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005104 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005105
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005106 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5107 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5108 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5109 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5110 return QualType();
5111 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005112
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005113 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005114 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5115 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5116 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5117 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5118 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5119 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005120 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005121 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5122
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005123 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005124 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005125 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005126
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005127 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005128 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005129 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005130
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005131 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5132 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5133 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5134 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5135 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5136 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5137 return QualType();
5138 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005139
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005140 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5141 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5142 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5143 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005144 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005145 return QualType();
5146 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005147
5148 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5149 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5150 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5151 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5152 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005153 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5154 << rex->getSourceRange()
5155 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005156 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005157
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005158 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5159 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5160 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5161 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5162 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5163 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5164 return QualType();
5165 }
5166 } else {
5167 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5168 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5169 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5170 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5171 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5172 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5173 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5174 return QualType();
5175 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005176 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005177
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005178 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5179 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5180 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5181 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5182 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005183 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005184 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005185
5186 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005187 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5188 }
5189 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005190
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005191 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005192}
5193
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005194// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005195QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005196 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005197 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5198 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005199 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005200
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005201 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5202 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5203 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5204
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005205 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5206 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005207 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5208 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5209 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5210 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5211 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005212 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005213 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005214 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005215
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005216 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005217
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005218 // Sanity-check shift operands
5219 llvm::APSInt Right;
5220 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005221 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5222 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005223 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005224 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5225 else {
5226 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5227 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5228 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5229 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5230 }
5231 }
5232
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005233 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005234 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005235}
5236
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005237// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005238QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005239 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5240 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5241
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005242 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005243 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005244 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005245
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005246 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005247
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005248 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005249 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5250 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5251 else {
5252 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5253 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5254 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005255 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5256 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005257
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005258 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5259 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005260 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5261 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5262 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005263 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005264 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005265 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5266 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5267 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5268 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005269 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5270 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005271 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005272
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005273 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5274 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5275 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5276 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005277
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005278 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5279 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005280 Expr *literalString = 0;
5281 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005282 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005283 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005284 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005285 literalString = lex;
5286 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005287 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5288 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005289 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005290 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005291 literalString = rex;
5292 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5293 }
5294
5295 if (literalString) {
5296 std::string resultComparison;
5297 switch (Opc) {
5298 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5299 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5300 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5301 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5302 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5303 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5304 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5305 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005306
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005307 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5308 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5309 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
Ted Kremenek03a4bee2010-04-09 20:26:53 +00005310 << literalString->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005311 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005312 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005313
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005314 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005315 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005316
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005317 if (isRelational) {
5318 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005319 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005320 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005321 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005322 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005323 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005324
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005325 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005326 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005327 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005328
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005329 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005330 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005331 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005332 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005333
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005334 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5335 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5336 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005337 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005338 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005339 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005340 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005341 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005342
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005343 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005344 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5345 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005346 if (!isRelational &&
5347 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5348 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5349 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5350 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5351 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5352 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5353 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5354 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5355 return ResultTy;
5356 }
5357 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005358 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5359 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5360 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5361 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5362 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5363 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005364 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005365 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005366 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5367 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5368 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005369 if (T.isNull()) {
5370 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5371 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5372 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005373 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005374 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005375 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005376 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005377 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005378 }
5379
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005380 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5381 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005382 return ResultTy;
5383 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005384 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5385 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5386 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5387 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5388 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5389 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5390 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5391 }
5392 } else if (!isRelational &&
5393 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5394 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5395 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5396 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5397 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5398 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5399 }
5400 } else {
5401 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005402 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005403 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005404 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005405 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005406 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005407 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005408 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005409
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005410 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005411 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005412 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005413 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005414 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5415 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005416 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005417 return ResultTy;
5418 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005419 if (LHSIsNull &&
5420 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5421 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005422 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005423 return ResultTy;
5424 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005425
5426 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005427 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005428 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5429 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005430 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5431 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5432 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5433 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5434 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5435 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5436 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5437 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005438 // types.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005439 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5440 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5441 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005442 if (T.isNull()) {
5443 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005444 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005445 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005446 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005447 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005448 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005449 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005450 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005451 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005452
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005453 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5454 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005455 return ResultTy;
5456 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005457
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005458 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005459 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5460 return ResultTy;
5461 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005462
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005463 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005464 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005465 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5466 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005467
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005468 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005469 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005470 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005471 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005472 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005473 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005474 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005475 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005476 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005477 if (!isRelational
5478 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5479 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005480 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005481 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005482 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005483 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005484 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5485 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5486 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005487 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005488 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005489 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005490 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005491
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005492 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005493 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005494 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5495 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005496 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005497 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005498 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005499 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005500
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005501 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5502 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005503 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005504 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005505 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005506 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005507 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005508 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005509 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005510 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005511 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5512 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005513 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005514 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005515 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005516 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005517 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005518 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5519 if (RHSIsNull) {
5520 if (isRelational)
5521 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5522 } else if (isRelational)
5523 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5524 else
5525 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005526
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005527 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005528 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005529 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005530 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005531 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005532 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005533 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005534 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005535 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5536 if (LHSIsNull) {
5537 if (isRelational)
5538 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5539 } else if (isRelational)
5540 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5541 else
5542 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005543
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005544 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005545 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005546 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005547 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005548 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005549 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005550 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005551 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005552 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5553 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005554 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005555 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005556 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005557 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5558 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005559 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005560 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005561 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005562 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005563}
5564
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005565/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005566/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005567/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5568/// types.
5569QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005570 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005571 bool isRelational) {
5572 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5573 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005574 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005575 if (vType.isNull())
5576 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005577
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005578 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5579 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005580
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005581 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5582 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5583 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5584 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5585 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5586 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5587 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005588 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005589 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005590
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005591 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5592 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5593 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005594 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005595 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005596
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005597 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5598 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5599 // elements for floating point vectors.
5600 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5601 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005602
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005603 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005604 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005605 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005606 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005607 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005608 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5609
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005610 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005611 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005612 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5613}
5614
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005615inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005616 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005617 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005618 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005619
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005620 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005621
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005622 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005623 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005624 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005625}
5626
5627inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005628 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005629 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5630 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5631 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005632
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005633 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5634 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005635
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005636 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005637 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005638
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005639 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5640 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5641 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5642 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5643 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5644 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5645 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005646
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005647 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005648 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005649 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005650
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005651 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5652 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5653 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5654 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005655
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005656 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005657 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005658 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005659
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005660 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5661 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5662 // The result is a bool.
5663 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005664}
5665
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005666/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5667/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5668/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5669///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005670static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005671 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5672 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5673 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5674 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005675 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005676 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5677 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5678 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5679 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005680 }
5681 }
5682 return false;
5683}
5684
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005685/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5686/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5687static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005688 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005689 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005690 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005691 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5692 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005693 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5694 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005695
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005696 unsigned Diag = 0;
5697 bool NeedType = false;
5698 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005699 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005700 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005701 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5702 NeedType = true;
5703 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005704 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005705 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5706 NeedType = true;
5707 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005708 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005709 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5710 break;
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005711 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5712 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005713 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005714 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5715 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005716 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5717 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005718 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5719 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005720 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005721 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005722 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005723 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005724 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5725 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005726 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005727 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5728 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005729 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5730 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5731 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005732 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5733 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5734 break;
Fariborz Jahanian2514a302009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005735 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5736 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5737 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005738 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005739
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005740 SourceRange Assign;
5741 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5742 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005743 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005744 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005745 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005746 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005747 return true;
5748}
5749
5750
5751
5752// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005753QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5754 SourceLocation Loc,
5755 QualType CompoundType) {
5756 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5757 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005758 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005759
5760 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5761 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005762
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005763 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005764 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005765 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005766 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005767 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5768 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5769 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005770 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005771 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005772 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005773 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005774
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005775 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5776 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5777 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005778 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005779 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5780 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5781 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5782 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5783 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005784 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005785 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005786 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5787 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5788 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005789 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5790 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005791 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5792 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5793 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005794 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005795 }
5796 } else {
5797 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005798 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005799 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005800
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005801 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005802 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005803 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005804
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005805 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5806 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005807 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005808 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5809 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005810 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005811 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005812 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005813}
5814
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005815// C99 6.5.17
5816QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005817 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005818 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5819 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5820 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005821
5822 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5823 // incomplete in C++).
5824
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005825 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005826}
5827
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005828/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5829/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005830QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5831 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005832 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5833 return Context.DependentTy;
5834
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005835 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5836 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005837
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005838 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5839 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5840 if (!isInc) {
5841 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5842 return QualType();
5843 }
5844 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5845 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5846 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005847 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005848 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5849 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005850
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005851 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005852 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005853 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5854 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5855 << Op->getSourceRange();
5856 return QualType();
5857 }
5858
5859 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005860 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005861 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005862 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5863 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5864 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5865 return QualType();
5866 }
5867
5868 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005869 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005870 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005871 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005872 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005873 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005874 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005875 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5876 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5877 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5878 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5879 return QualType();
5880 }
Eli Friedman5b088a12010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005881 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005882 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5883 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005884 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005885 } else {
5886 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005887 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005888 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005889 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005890 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005891 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005892 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005893 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005894 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005895}
5896
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005897/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005898/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005899/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5900/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5901/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5902/// - &(x) => x
5903/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5904/// - &s.xx => s
5905/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5906/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5907/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5908/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005909static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005910 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005911 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005912 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005913 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005914 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5915 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5916 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005917 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005918 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005919 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005920 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005921 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005922 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5923 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005924 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5925 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5926 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5927 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5928 }
5929 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005930 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005931 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5932 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005933
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005934 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005935 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5936 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5937 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5938 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5939 default:
5940 return 0;
5941 }
5942 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005943 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005944 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005945 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005946 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5947 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005948 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005949 default:
5950 return 0;
5951 }
5952}
5953
5954/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005955/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005956/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005957/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005958/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005959/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005960/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005961QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005962 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5963 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5964
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005965 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5966 return Context.DependentTy;
5967
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005968 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5969 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5970 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5971 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5972 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5973 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5974 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5975 }
5976 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5977 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5978 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005979 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005980 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005981
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005982 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
5983 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
5984 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
5985 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
5986 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
5987 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
5988 // branch of the if, below.
5989 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
5990 << dcl;
5991 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
5992
5993 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
5994 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5995 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
5996 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005997 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
5998 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
5999 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
6000 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
6001 if (isSFINAEContext())
6002 return QualType();
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006003 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006004 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006005 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006006 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006007 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006008 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
6009 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006010 return QualType();
6011 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006012 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006013 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6014 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6015 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006016 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson09380262010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006017 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006018 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006019 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006020 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006021 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006022 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6023 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6024 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6025 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6026 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006027 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6028 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006029 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6030 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006031 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6032 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006033 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006034 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006035 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6036 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
6037 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006038 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6039 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006040 return QualType();
6041 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006042 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006043 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006044 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006045 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006046 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6047 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006048 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006049 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006050 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6051 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006052 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006053 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6054 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6055 return QualType();
6056 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006057
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006058 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6059 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006060 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006061 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006062 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006063 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006064 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006065 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6066 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006067 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6068 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6069 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006070 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006071 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006072
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006073 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6074 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6075 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6076 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6077 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6078 }
6079
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006080 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
6081 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
6082}
6083
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006084QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006085 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6086 return Context.DependentTy;
6087
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006088 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6089 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006090
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006091 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6092 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6093 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6094 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006095 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006096 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006097
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006098 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006099 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006100
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006101 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006102 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006103 return QualType();
6104}
6105
6106static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6107 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6108 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6109 switch (Kind) {
6110 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006111 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6112 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006113 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6114 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6115 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6116 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6117 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6118 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6119 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6120 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6121 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6122 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6123 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6124 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6125 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6126 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6127 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6128 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6129 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6130 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6131 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6132 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6133 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6134 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6135 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6136 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6137 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6138 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6139 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6140 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6141 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6142 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6143 }
6144 return Opc;
6145}
6146
6147static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6148 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6149 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6150 switch (Kind) {
6151 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6152 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6153 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6154 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6155 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6156 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6157 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6158 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6159 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006160 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6161 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
6162 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
6163 }
6164 return Opc;
6165}
6166
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006167/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6168/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6169/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006170Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6171 unsigned Op,
6172 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006173 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006174 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006175 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6176 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6177 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006178
6179 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006180 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6181 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6182 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006183 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6184 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6185 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6186 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6187 break;
6188 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006189 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006190 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6191 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006192 break;
6193 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6194 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6195 break;
6196 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6197 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6198 break;
6199 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6200 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6201 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006202 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006203 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6204 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6205 break;
6206 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6207 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6208 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6209 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006210 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006211 break;
6212 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6213 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006214 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006215 break;
6216 case BinaryOperator::And:
6217 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6218 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6219 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6220 break;
6221 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6222 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6223 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6224 break;
6225 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6226 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006227 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6228 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006229 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6230 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6231 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006232 break;
6233 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006234 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6235 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6236 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6237 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006238 break;
6239 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006240 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6241 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6242 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006243 break;
6244 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006245 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6246 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6247 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006248 break;
6249 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6250 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006251 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6252 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6253 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6254 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006255 break;
6256 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6257 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6258 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006259 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6260 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6261 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6262 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006263 break;
6264 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6265 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6266 break;
6267 }
6268 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006269 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006270 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006271 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6272 else
6273 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006274 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6275 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006276}
6277
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006278/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6279/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006280static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6281 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006282 SourceRange ParenRange,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006283 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondPD,
6284 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006285 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6286 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6287 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6288 // warning/error and return.
6289 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6290 return;
6291 }
6292
6293 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006294 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6295 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006296
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006297 if (!SecondPD.getDiagID())
6298 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006299
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006300 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6301 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6302 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6303 // warning/error and return.
6304 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD);
6305 return;
6306 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006307
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006308 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006309 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6310 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006311}
6312
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006313/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6314/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6315/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6316/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006317static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6318 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006319 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6320 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6321 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6322 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006323 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006324 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006325 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6326
6327 // Subs are not binary operators.
6328 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6329 return;
6330
6331 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6332 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006333 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6334 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006335 return;
6336
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006337 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006338 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006339 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006340 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6341 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006342 lhs->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006343 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006344 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006345 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6346 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006347 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006348 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006349 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6350 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006351 rhs->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006352 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006353 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006354 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006355}
6356
6357/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6358/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6359/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6360static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6361 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006362 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006363 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6364}
6365
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006366// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006367Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6368 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6369 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006370 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006371 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006372
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006373 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6374 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006375
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006376 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6377 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6378
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006379 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6380}
6381
6382Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6383 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6384 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006385 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006386 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006387 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6388 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6389 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6390 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6391 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006392 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006393 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006394 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6395 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6396 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006397
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006398 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6399 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006400 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006401 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006402
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006403 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006404 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006405}
6406
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006407Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006408 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006409 ExprArg InputArg) {
6410 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006411
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006412 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006413 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006414 QualType resultType;
6415 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006416 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6417 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6418 break;
6419
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006420 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6421 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006422 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6423 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006424 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006425 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6426 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006427 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006428 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006429 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6430 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006431 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006432 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006433 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6434 break;
6435 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6436 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006437 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6438 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006439 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6440 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006441 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6442 break;
6443 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6444 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6445 break;
6446 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6447 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6448 resultType->isPointerType())
6449 break;
6450
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006451 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6452 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006453 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006454 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6455 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006456 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6457 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006458 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6459 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6460 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006461 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006462 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006463 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006464 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6465 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006466 break;
6467 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
6468 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006469 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006470 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006471 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6472 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006473 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006474 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6475 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006476 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006477 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6478 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006479 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006480 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006481 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006482 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006483 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006484 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006485 resultType = Input->getType();
6486 break;
6487 }
6488 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006489 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006490
6491 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006492 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006493}
6494
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006495Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6496 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6497 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006498 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006499 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6500 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006501 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6502 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6503 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6504 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006505 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006506 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006507 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6508 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6509 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006510
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006511 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6512 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006513
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006514 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6515}
6516
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006517// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6518Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6519 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6520 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6521}
6522
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006523/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006524Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6525 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6526 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006527 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006528 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006529
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006530 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6531 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006532 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006533 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006534
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006535 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006536 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6537 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006538}
6539
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006540Sema::OwningExprResult
6541Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6542 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6543 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006544 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6545 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6546
Douglas Gregordd8f5692010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006547 bool isFileScope
6548 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006549 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006550 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006551
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006552 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6553 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6554 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006555
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006556 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6557 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6558 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006559
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006560 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6561 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6562 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6563 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6564 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006565
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006566 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006567 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006568 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006569
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006570 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6571 // expressions are not lvalues.
6572
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006573 substmt.release();
6574 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006575}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006576
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006577Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6578 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6579 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6580 TypeTy *argty,
6581 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6582 unsigned NumComponents,
6583 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6584 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6585 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006586 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6587 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006588 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006589
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006590 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6591
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006592 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6593 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6594 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006595 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006596 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006597
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006598 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6599 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006600
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006601 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6602 // the offsetof designators.
6603 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6604 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006605 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006606 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006607
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006608 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6609 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006610 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6611 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006612 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006613 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6614 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006615
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006616 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006617 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006618
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006619 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6620 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6621 return ExprError();
6622
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006623 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6624 // leaks like a sieve.
6625 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6626 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6627 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6628 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6629 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6630 if (!AT) {
6631 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006632 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6633 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006634 }
6635
6636 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6637
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006638 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6639 // expression.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006640 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006641
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006642 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6643 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006644 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006645 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006646 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006647 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006648 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006649
6650 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6651 OC.LocEnd);
6652 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006653 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006654
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006655 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006656 if (!RC) {
6657 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006658 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6659 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006660 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006661
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006662 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6663 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006664 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006665 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6666 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6667 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6668 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6669 << Res->getType()))
6670 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006671 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006672
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006673 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6674 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006675
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006676 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006677 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006678 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006679 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6680 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006681
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006682 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6683 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006684 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006685 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006686 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006687 } else {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006688 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6689 *R.begin(), MemberDecl);
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006690 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6691 // doesn't matter here.
6692 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6693 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6694 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006695 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006696 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006697
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006698 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6699 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006700}
6701
6702
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006703Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6704 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6705 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006706 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6707 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6708 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006709
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006710 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006711
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006712 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6713 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6714 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6715 return ExprError();
6716 }
6717
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006718 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6719 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006720}
6721
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006722Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6723 ExprArg cond,
6724 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6725 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6726 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6727 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6728 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006729
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006730 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6731
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006732 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006733 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006734 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006735 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006736 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006737 } else {
6738 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6739 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6740 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6741 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006742 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6743 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6744 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006745
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006746 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6747 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006748 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6749 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006750 }
6751
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006752 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6753 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006754 resType, RPLoc,
6755 resType->isDependentType(),
6756 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006757}
6758
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006759//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6760// Clang Extensions.
6761//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6762
6763/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006764void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006765 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6766 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6767 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6768 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006769}
6770
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006771void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006772 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006773 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006774
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006775 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6776 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006777 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006778 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6779
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006780 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6781 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6782 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6783 return;
6784 }
6785
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006786 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6787 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006788 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6789 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006790
6791 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6792 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006793 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006794 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006795 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006796 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006797 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6798 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006799 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006800
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006801 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6802 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6803 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6804 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6805 return;
6806 }
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006807
6808 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006809 return;
6810 }
6811
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006812 // Analyze arguments to block.
6813 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6814 "Not a function declarator!");
6815 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006816
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006817 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6818 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006819
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006820 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6821 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6822 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6823 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006824 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6825 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006826 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006827 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006828 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian9a66c302010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006829 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6830 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6831 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6832 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6833 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6834 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6835 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6836 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6837 }
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006838 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006839 }
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006840 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006841 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006842 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006843 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006844
6845 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6846 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6847
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006848 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006849 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6850 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6851
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006852 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006853 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6854 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6855 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6856
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006857 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006858 }
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006859 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006860
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006861 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006862 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006863 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006864 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006865 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006866 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6867 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006868
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006869 // Analyze the return type.
6870 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006871 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006872
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006873 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6874 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6875 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6876 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6877 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006878 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006879}
6880
6881/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6882/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6883void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006884 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006885 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006886 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006887 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006888}
6889
6890/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6891/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006892Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6893 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006894 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6895 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6896 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006897
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006898 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006899
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006900 PopDeclContext();
6901
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006902 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006903 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6904 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006905
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006906 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6907 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6908 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006909
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006910 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006911 QualType BlockTy;
6912 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006913 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006914 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006915 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006916 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006917 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006918 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006919
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006920 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006921 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006922 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006923
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006924 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006925 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006926 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006927
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006928 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006929
6930 bool Good = true;
6931 // Check goto/label use.
6932 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6933 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6934 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6935
6936 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6937 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6938 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6939 continue;
6940
6941 // Emit error.
6942 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6943 Good = false;
6944 }
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006945 if (!Good) {
6946 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006947 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006948 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006949
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006950 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenekd064fdc2010-03-23 00:13:23 +00006951 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
6952 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
6953 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006954
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006955 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6956 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006957 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006958 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006959}
6960
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006961Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6962 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6963 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006964 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006965 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6966 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006967
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006968 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006969
6970 // Get the va_list type
6971 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006972 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6973 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6974 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6975 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006976 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006977 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6978 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6979 } else {
6980 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6981 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006982 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006983 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006984 return ExprError();
6985 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006986
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006987 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6988 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006989 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6990 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006991 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006992 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006993
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006994 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006995 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006996
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006997 expr.release();
6998 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6999 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007000}
7001
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007002Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007003 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
7004 // pointers on the target.
7005 QualType Ty;
7006 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7007 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7008 else
7009 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7010
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007011 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007012}
7013
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007014static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
7015 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007016 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7017 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007018
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007019 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7020 if (!PT)
7021 return;
7022
7023 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7024 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7025 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7026 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7027 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7028 return;
7029 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007030
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007031 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7032 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7033 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7034 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007035
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007036 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007037}
7038
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007039bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7040 SourceLocation Loc,
7041 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007042 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007043 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7044 bool isInvalid = false;
7045 unsigned DiagKind;
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007046 FixItHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007047
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007048 switch (ConvTy) {
7049 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7050 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007051 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007052 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7053 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007054 case IntToPointer:
7055 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7056 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007057 case IncompatiblePointer:
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007058 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007059 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7060 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007061 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7062 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7063 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007064 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7065 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7066 break;
7067 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007068 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7069 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7070 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7071 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7072 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7073 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7074 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7075 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7076 // C++ semantics.
7077 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7078 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7079 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007080 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7081 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007082 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007083 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007084 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007085 case IntToBlockPointer:
7086 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7087 break;
7088 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007089 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007090 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007091 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007092 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007093 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7094 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7095 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007096 case IncompatibleVectors:
7097 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7098 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007099 case Incompatible:
7100 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7101 isInvalid = true;
7102 break;
7103 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007104
Douglas Gregord4eea832010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007105 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
7106 switch (Action) {
7107 case AA_Assigning:
7108 case AA_Initializing:
7109 // The destination type comes first.
7110 FirstType = DstType;
7111 SecondType = SrcType;
7112 break;
7113
7114 case AA_Returning:
7115 case AA_Passing:
7116 case AA_Converting:
7117 case AA_Sending:
7118 case AA_Casting:
7119 // The source type comes first.
7120 FirstType = SrcType;
7121 SecondType = DstType;
7122 break;
7123 }
7124
7125 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007126 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007127 return isInvalid;
7128}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007129
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007130bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007131 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7132 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7133 if (Result)
7134 *Result = ICEResult;
7135 return false;
7136 }
7137
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007138 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7139
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007140 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007141 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7142 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7143
7144 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7145 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7146 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7147 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7148 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7149 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7150 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007151
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007152 return true;
7153 }
7154
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007155 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7156 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007157
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007158 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7159 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7160 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007161
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007162 if (Result)
7163 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7164 return false;
7165}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007166
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007167void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007168Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007169 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7170 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007171}
7172
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007173void
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007174Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7175 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7176 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7177 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007178
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007179 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7180 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7181 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7182 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7183 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007184 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007185 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7186 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7187 I != IEnd; ++I)
7188 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7189 }
7190
7191 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7192 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7193 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7194 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7195 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7196 I != IEnd; ++I)
7197 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7198 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007199 }
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007200
7201 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7202 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7203 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7204 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007205 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007206 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7207 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7208 ExprTemporaries.end());
7209
7210 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7211 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007212}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007213
7214/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7215///
7216/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7217/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7218/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7219/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7220///
7221/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7222///
7223/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7224void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7225 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007226
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007227 if (D->isUsed())
7228 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007229
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007230 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7231 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7232 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7233 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007234 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007235 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007236 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007237 return;
7238 }
7239
7240 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
7241 return;
7242
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007243 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7244 // an instantiation.
7245 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7246 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007247
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007248 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007249 case Unevaluated:
7250 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7251 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007252
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007253 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7254 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7255 // "used"; handle this below.
7256 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007257
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007258 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7259 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7260 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7261 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007262 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007263 return;
7264 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007265
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007266 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007267 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007268 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007269 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7270 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7271 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007272 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007273 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007274 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7275 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7276 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007277
Anders Carlssond6a637f2009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007278 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007279 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7280 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7281 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007282
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007283 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7284 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7285 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7286 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7287 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7288 }
7289 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007290 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007291 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007292 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007293 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007294 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7295 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7296 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7297 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7298 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007299 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007300 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007301 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007302 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007303 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7304 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7305 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007306 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007307 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007308 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7309 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007310
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007311 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7312 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7313 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7314 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7315 Loc));
7316 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007317 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007318 Loc));
7319 }
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007320 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007321
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007322 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007323 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007324
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007325 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007326 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007327
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007328 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007329 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007330 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007331 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7332 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7333 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7334 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7335 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7336 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7337 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7338 }
7339 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007340
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007341 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007342
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007343 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007344 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007345 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007346}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007347
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007348/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7349/// of the program being compiled.
7350///
7351/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007352/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007353/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7354/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7355/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7356/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007357/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007358/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007359///
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007360/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7361/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7362/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7363/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007364bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007365 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7366 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7367 case Unevaluated:
7368 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7369 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007370
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007371 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7372 Diag(Loc, PD);
7373 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007374
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007375 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7376 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7377 break;
7378 }
7379
7380 return false;
7381}
7382
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007383bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7384 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7385 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7386 return false;
7387
7388 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7389 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7390 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7391 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007392
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007393 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007394 FD ?
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007395 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7396 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007397 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007398 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7399 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7400 return true;
7401
7402 return false;
7403}
7404
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007405// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7406// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7407void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7408 SourceLocation Loc;
7409
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007410 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7411
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007412 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7413 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7414 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7415 return;
7416
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007417 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7418 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7419 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7420 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7421
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007422 // self = [<foo> init...]
7423 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7424 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7425 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7426
7427 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7428 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7429 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7430 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7431 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007432
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007433 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7434 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7435 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7436 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7437 return;
7438
7439 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7440 } else {
7441 // Not an assignment.
7442 return;
7443 }
7444
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007445 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007446 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007447
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007448 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007449 << E->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007450 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7451 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007452 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007453 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007454}
7455
7456bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7457 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7458
7459 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007460 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007461
7462 QualType T = E->getType();
7463
7464 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7465 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7466 return true;
7467 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7468 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7469 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7470 return true;
7471 }
7472 }
7473
7474 return false;
7475}